Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1006:132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
| author | Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 28 Feb 2009 13:48:49 +0100 |
| parents | 067bb8f19c36 |
| children | 4c20df3837f9 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
| 3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2008 by Digital Mars | |
| 4 // All Rights Reserved | |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
| 159 | 18 #include <math.h> |
| 19 | |
| 20 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 21 #include <assert.h> | |
| 22 #include <float.h> | |
| 23 | |
| 24 #ifdef __DMC__ | |
| 25 #include <fp.h> | |
| 26 #endif | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #else |
| 37 //#define signbit 56 | |
| 38 #endif | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if __APPLE__ | |
| 41 #include <math.h> | |
| 42 static double zero = 0; | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
43 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
44 #include <math.h> |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
45 static double zero = 0; |
| 159 | 46 #elif __GNUC__ |
| 47 #include <math.h> | |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
48 #if !(defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
| 159 | 49 #include <bits/nan.h> |
| 50 #include <bits/mathdef.h> | |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
51 #endif |
| 159 | 52 static double zero = 0; |
| 53 #endif | |
| 54 | |
| 55 #include "mem.h" | |
| 56 | |
| 57 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 58 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 59 #include "scope.h" | |
| 60 #include "init.h" | |
| 61 #include "expression.h" | |
| 62 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 63 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 64 #include "template.h" | |
| 65 #include "id.h" | |
| 66 #include "enum.h" | |
| 67 #include "import.h" | |
| 68 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 69 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 70 | |
| 71 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); | |
| 72 | |
| 73 | |
| 74 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 75 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 76 | |
| 77 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 78 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 79 | |
| 80 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 81 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 82 */ | |
| 83 | |
| 84 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
| 85 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 86 int REALSIZE = 8; | |
| 87 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 88 #elif TARGET_LINUX | |
| 89 int REALSIZE = 12; | |
| 90 int REALPAD = 2; | |
| 91 #else | |
| 92 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 93 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 94 #endif | |
| 95 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 96 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 97 | |
| 98 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 99 | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 112 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 113 | |
| 114 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 115 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 116 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 117 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 118 | |
| 119 | |
| 120 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 121 { | |
| 122 this->ty = ty; | |
| 123 this->mod = 0; | |
| 124 this->next = next; | |
| 125 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 126 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 127 this->cto = NULL; |
| 128 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 129 #endif | |
| 130 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 131 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 132 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 133 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
| 134 this->ctype = NULL; | |
| 135 } | |
| 136 | |
| 137 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 138 { | |
| 139 print(); | |
| 140 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 141 assert(0); | |
| 142 return this; | |
| 143 } | |
| 144 | |
| 145 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 146 { Type *t; | |
| 147 | |
| 148 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 149 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 150 if (this == o || | |
| 151 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 152 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 153 { | |
| 154 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 155 return 1; | |
| 156 } | |
| 157 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 158 return 0; | |
| 159 } | |
| 160 | |
| 161 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 162 { | |
| 163 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 164 } | |
| 165 | |
| 166 void Type::init() | |
| 167 { int i; | |
| 168 int j; | |
| 169 | |
| 170 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 171 | |
| 172 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 173 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 174 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 175 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 176 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 177 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 178 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 179 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 180 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 181 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 182 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 183 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 184 | |
| 185 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 187 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 198 | |
| 199 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 205 | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 210 | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
| 217 | |
| 218 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 219 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 220 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 221 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 222 } | |
| 223 | |
| 224 // Set basic types | |
| 225 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 226 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 227 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 228 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 229 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 230 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 231 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 232 | |
| 233 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 234 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 235 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 238 | |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
239 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 240 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 241 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
242 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
243 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
244 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 245 } |
| 246 else | |
| 247 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
248 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
249 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
250 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
251 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
252 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
253 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
254 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
255 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
256 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
257 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
258 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
259 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
260 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
261 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
262 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
263 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
264 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
265 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 268 } |
| 269 } | |
| 270 | |
| 271 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 272 { | |
| 273 return size(0); | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 277 { | |
| 278 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 279 return 1; | |
| 280 } | |
| 281 | |
| 282 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 283 { | |
| 284 return size(0); | |
| 285 } | |
| 286 | |
| 287 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 288 { | |
| 289 if (next) | |
| 290 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 291 return merge(); | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 if (!pto) | |
| 297 { Type *t; | |
| 298 | |
| 299 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 300 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 301 } | |
| 302 return pto; | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 | |
| 305 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 if (!rto) | |
| 308 { Type *t; | |
| 309 | |
| 310 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 311 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 312 } | |
| 313 return rto; | |
| 314 } | |
| 315 | |
| 316 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 if (!arrayof) | |
| 319 { Type *t; | |
| 320 | |
| 321 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 322 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 323 } | |
| 324 return arrayof; | |
| 325 } | |
| 326 | |
| 327 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 328 { | |
| 329 return NULL; | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 | |
| 332 /******************************* | |
| 333 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 334 * get that other type. | |
| 335 */ | |
| 336 | |
| 337 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 return this; | |
| 340 } | |
| 341 | |
| 342 /******************************** | |
| 343 * Name mangling. | |
| 344 */ | |
| 345 | |
| 346 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 349 if (next) | |
| 350 { | |
| 351 assert(next != this); | |
| 352 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
| 353 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 354 } | |
| 355 } | |
| 356 | |
| 357 /******************************** | |
| 358 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 359 */ | |
| 360 | |
| 361 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 362 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 363 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 364 | |
| 365 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 366 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 367 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 368 } | |
| 369 | |
| 370 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 371 { | |
| 372 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 373 if (ident) | |
| 374 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 375 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 376 } | |
| 377 } | |
| 378 | |
| 379 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 382 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 383 return; | |
| 384 } | |
| 385 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 386 } | |
| 387 | |
| 388 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 391 { char *p; | |
| 392 | |
| 393 switch (this->mod) | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 case 0: | |
| 396 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 397 break; | |
| 398 case MODconst: | |
| 399 p = "const("; | |
| 400 goto L1; | |
| 401 case MODinvariant: | |
| 402 p = "invariant("; | |
| 403 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 404 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 405 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 406 break; | |
| 407 default: | |
| 408 assert(0); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 } | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 | |
| 414 /************************************ | |
| 415 */ | |
| 416 | |
| 417 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 418 { Type *t; | |
| 419 | |
| 420 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 421 t = this; | |
| 422 assert(t); | |
| 423 if (!deco) | |
| 424 { | |
| 425 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 426 StringValue *sv; | |
| 427 | |
| 428 if (next) | |
| 429 next = next->merge(); | |
| 430 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 431 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); | |
| 432 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 433 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 434 assert(t->deco); | |
| 435 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 436 } | |
| 437 else | |
| 438 { | |
| 439 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
| 440 deco = sv->lstring.string; | |
| 441 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 442 } | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 return t; | |
| 445 } | |
| 446 | |
| 447 int Type::isbit() | |
| 448 { | |
| 449 return FALSE; | |
| 450 } | |
| 451 | |
| 452 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 453 { | |
| 454 return FALSE; | |
| 455 } | |
| 456 | |
| 457 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 458 { | |
| 459 return FALSE; | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 | |
| 462 int Type::isreal() | |
| 463 { | |
| 464 return FALSE; | |
| 465 } | |
| 466 | |
| 467 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 468 { | |
| 469 return FALSE; | |
| 470 } | |
| 471 | |
| 472 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 473 { | |
| 474 return FALSE; | |
| 475 } | |
| 476 | |
| 477 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 478 { | |
| 479 return FALSE; | |
| 480 } | |
| 481 | |
| 482 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 483 { | |
| 484 return FALSE; | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 | |
| 487 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 488 { | |
| 489 return NULL; | |
| 490 } | |
| 491 | |
| 492 int Type::isauto() | |
| 493 { | |
| 494 return FALSE; | |
| 495 } | |
| 496 | |
| 497 int Type::isString() | |
| 498 { | |
| 499 return FALSE; | |
| 500 } | |
| 501 | |
| 502 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 503 { | |
| 504 return isscalar(); | |
| 505 } | |
| 506 | |
| 507 /********************************* | |
| 508 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 509 */ | |
| 510 | |
| 511 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 Type *t; | |
| 514 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 515 | |
| 516 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 517 { | |
| 518 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 519 if (s) | |
| 520 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 521 } | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 | |
| 524 | |
| 525 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 526 { | |
| 527 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 528 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 529 #endif | |
| 530 return NULL; | |
| 531 } | |
| 532 | |
| 533 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 534 { | |
| 535 return 0; // assume not | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 | |
| 538 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 539 { | |
| 540 return 0; // assume not | |
| 541 } | |
| 542 | |
| 543 /******************************** | |
| 544 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 545 * to type 'to'. | |
| 546 * Returns: | |
| 547 * 0 can't convert | |
| 548 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 549 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 550 */ | |
| 551 | |
| 552 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 553 { | |
| 554 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 555 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 556 if (this == to) | |
| 557 return MATCHexact; | |
| 558 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 559 // return 1; | |
| 560 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 561 } | |
| 562 | |
| 563 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 564 { Expression *e; | |
| 565 | |
| 566 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 567 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 568 #endif | |
| 569 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 570 { | |
| 571 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 572 } | |
| 573 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 574 { | |
| 575 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 576 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 577 } | |
| 578 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 579 { | |
| 580 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 581 } | |
| 582 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 583 { | |
| 584 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 585 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 586 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 589 { | |
| 590 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 591 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 592 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 593 } | |
| 594 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 595 { | |
| 596 assert(deco); | |
| 597 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 598 Scope sc; | |
| 599 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 600 } | |
| 601 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 602 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 603 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 604 Scope sc; | |
| 605 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 606 } | |
| 607 else | |
| 608 { | |
| 609 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 610 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 611 } | |
| 612 return e; | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 | |
| 615 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 616 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 617 | |
| 618 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 619 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 620 #endif | |
| 621 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 624 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 625 } | |
| 626 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 627 { | |
| 628 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 629 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 630 } | |
| 631 if (v) | |
| 632 { | |
| 633 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 634 { | |
| 635 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 636 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 637 goto Loffset; | |
| 638 } | |
| 639 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 640 { | |
| 641 Loffset: | |
| 642 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 643 { | |
| 644 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 645 return e; | |
| 646 } | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 649 { | |
| 650 #if 0 | |
| 651 if (v->init) | |
| 652 { | |
| 653 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 654 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 655 else | |
| 656 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 657 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 658 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 659 { | |
| 660 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 661 | |
| 662 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 663 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 666 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 667 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 668 { | |
| 669 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 } | |
| 672 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 673 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 674 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 return e; | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 #endif | |
| 679 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 680 return ex; | |
| 681 } | |
| 682 } | |
| 683 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 684 { | |
| 685 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 686 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 687 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 688 return e; | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 691 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 692 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 693 Scope sc; | |
| 694 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 695 return e; | |
| 696 } | |
| 697 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 | |
| 700 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 return salign; | |
| 703 } | |
| 704 | |
| 705 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 706 { | |
| 707 va_list ap; | |
| 708 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 709 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 710 va_end( ap ); | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 | |
| 713 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) | |
| 714 { | |
| 715 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 716 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 717 Identifier *id; | |
| 718 char *name; | |
| 719 int len; | |
| 720 | |
| 721 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 722 if (internal) | |
| 723 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 724 if (ty == Tarray) | |
| 725 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[next->ty]); | |
| 726 } | |
| 727 else | |
| 728 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 729 len = buf.offset; | |
| 730 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 731 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 732 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
733 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
734 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
735 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
736 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 737 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 738 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 739 return id; | |
| 740 } | |
| 741 | |
| 742 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 743 { | |
| 744 return NULL; | |
| 745 } | |
| 746 | |
| 747 | |
| 748 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 749 { | |
| 750 Type *t; | |
| 751 | |
| 752 t = semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 753 *pt = t; | |
| 754 *pe = NULL; | |
| 755 *ps = NULL; | |
| 756 } | |
| 757 | |
| 758 /******************************* | |
| 759 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 760 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 761 */ | |
| 762 | |
| 763 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 764 { | |
| 765 if (!next) | |
| 766 return NULL; | |
| 767 else | |
| 768 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 | |
| 771 /******************************** | |
| 772 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 773 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 774 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 775 */ | |
| 776 | |
| 777 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 778 { | |
| 779 return NULL; | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 | |
| 782 /*************************************** | |
| 783 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 784 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 785 */ | |
| 786 | |
| 787 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 788 { | |
| 789 return FALSE; | |
| 790 } | |
| 791 | |
| 792 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 793 | |
| 794 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 795 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
796 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
797 const char *d; |
| 159 | 798 unsigned flags; |
| 799 | |
| 800 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 801 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 802 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 803 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 804 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 805 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 806 | |
| 807 flags = 0; | |
| 808 switch (ty) | |
| 809 { | |
| 810 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 811 c = "void"; | |
| 812 break; | |
| 813 | |
| 814 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 815 c = "byte"; | |
| 816 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 817 break; | |
| 818 | |
| 819 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 820 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 821 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 822 break; | |
| 823 | |
| 824 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 825 c = "short"; | |
| 826 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 827 break; | |
| 828 | |
| 829 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 830 c = "ushort"; | |
| 831 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 832 break; | |
| 833 | |
| 834 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 835 c = "int"; | |
| 836 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 837 break; | |
| 838 | |
| 839 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 840 c = "uint"; | |
| 841 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 842 break; | |
| 843 | |
| 844 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 845 c = "float"; | |
| 846 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 847 break; | |
| 848 | |
| 849 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 850 c = "long"; | |
| 851 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 852 break; | |
| 853 | |
| 854 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 855 c = "ulong"; | |
| 856 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 857 break; | |
| 858 | |
| 859 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 860 c = "double"; | |
| 861 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 862 break; | |
| 863 | |
| 864 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 865 c = "real"; | |
| 866 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 867 break; | |
| 868 | |
| 869 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 870 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 871 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 872 break; | |
| 873 | |
| 874 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 875 c = "idouble"; | |
| 876 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 877 break; | |
| 878 | |
| 879 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 880 c = "ireal"; | |
| 881 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 882 break; | |
| 883 | |
| 884 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 885 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 886 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 887 break; | |
| 888 | |
| 889 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 890 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 891 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 892 break; | |
| 893 | |
| 894 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 895 c = "creal"; | |
| 896 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 897 break; | |
| 898 | |
| 899 | |
| 900 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 901 c = "bit"; | |
| 902 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 903 break; | |
| 904 | |
| 905 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 906 c = d; | |
| 907 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 908 break; | |
| 909 | |
| 910 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 911 c = "char"; | |
| 912 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 913 break; | |
| 914 | |
| 915 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 916 c = "wchar"; | |
| 917 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 918 break; | |
| 919 | |
| 920 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 921 c = "dchar"; | |
| 922 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 923 break; | |
| 924 | |
| 925 default: assert(0); | |
| 926 } | |
| 927 this->dstring = d; | |
| 928 this->cstring = c; | |
| 929 this->flags = flags; | |
| 930 merge(); | |
| 931 } | |
| 932 | |
| 933 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 934 { | |
| 935 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 936 return this; | |
| 937 } | |
| 938 | |
| 939 | |
| 940 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 941 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
942 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 943 } |
| 944 | |
| 945 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 946 { | |
| 947 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 948 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 949 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 950 return; | |
| 951 } | |
| 952 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 953 } | |
| 954 | |
| 955 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 956 { unsigned size; | |
| 957 | |
| 958 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 959 switch (ty) | |
| 960 { | |
| 961 case Tint8: | |
| 962 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 963 case Tint16: | |
| 964 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 965 case Tint32: | |
| 966 case Tuns32: | |
| 967 case Tfloat32: | |
| 968 case Timaginary32: | |
| 969 size = 4; break; | |
| 970 case Tint64: | |
| 971 case Tuns64: | |
| 972 case Tfloat64: | |
| 973 case Timaginary64: | |
| 974 size = 8; break; | |
| 975 case Tfloat80: | |
| 976 case Timaginary80: | |
| 977 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 978 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 979 size = 8; break; | |
| 980 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 981 size = 16; break; | |
| 982 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 983 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 984 | |
| 985 case Tvoid: | |
| 986 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 987 size = 1; | |
| 988 break; | |
| 989 | |
| 990 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 991 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 992 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 993 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 994 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 995 | |
| 996 default: | |
| 997 assert(0); | |
| 998 break; | |
| 999 } | |
| 1000 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1001 return size; | |
| 1002 } | |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
| 1005 { unsigned sz; | |
| 1006 | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1007 //LDC: it's bad that we always have to check LLVM's align and |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1008 // dmd's align info match. Can't we somehow get at LLVM's align |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1009 // here? |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1010 |
| 159 | 1011 switch (ty) |
| 1012 { | |
| 1013 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1014 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1015 case Tcomplex80: | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1016 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1017 sz = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1018 else |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1019 sz = 4; |
|
489
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1020 break; |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1021 |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1022 case Tint64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1023 case Tuns64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1024 case Tfloat64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1025 case Timaginary64: |
|
1006
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1026 case Tcomplex64: |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1027 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1028 sz = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1029 else |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1030 sz = 4; |
| 159 | 1031 break; |
| 1032 | |
|
1006
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1033 case Tcomplex32: |
|
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1034 sz = 4; |
|
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1035 break; |
|
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1036 |
| 159 | 1037 default: |
| 1038 sz = size(0); | |
| 1039 break; | |
| 1040 } | |
| 1041 return sz; | |
| 1042 } | |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1046 { | |
| 1047 Expression *e; | |
| 1048 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1049 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1050 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1051 #else | |
| 1052 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1053 #endif | |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1056 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1057 { | |
| 1058 switch (ty) | |
| 1059 { | |
| 1060 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1061 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1062 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1063 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1064 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1065 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1066 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1067 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1068 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1069 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1070 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1071 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1072 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1075 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1076 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1077 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1078 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1079 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1080 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1081 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1082 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1083 } | |
| 1084 } | |
| 1085 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1086 { | |
| 1087 switch (ty) | |
| 1088 { | |
| 1089 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1090 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1091 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1092 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1093 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1094 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1095 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1096 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1097 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1098 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1099 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1100 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1101 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1104 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1105 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1106 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1107 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1108 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1109 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1110 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1111 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1112 } | |
| 1113 } | |
| 1114 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1115 { | |
| 1116 switch (ty) | |
| 1117 { | |
| 1118 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1119 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1120 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1121 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1122 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1123 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1124 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1125 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1126 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1127 { | |
| 1128 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1129 // mode doesn't matter, will be converted in RealExp anyway | |
| 1130 fvalue = real_t::getnan(real_t::LongDouble); | |
| 1131 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1132 // gcc nan's have the sign bit set by default, so turn it off | |
| 1133 // Need the volatile to prevent gcc from doing incorrect | |
| 1134 // constant folding. | |
| 1135 volatile d_float80 foo; | |
| 1136 foo = NAN; | |
| 1137 if (signbit(foo)) // signbit sometimes, not always, set | |
| 1138 foo = -foo; // turn off sign bit | |
| 1139 fvalue = foo; | |
| 1140 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1141 unsigned long nan[2]= { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF }; | |
| 1142 fvalue = *(double*)nan; | |
| 1143 #else | |
| 1144 fvalue = NAN; | |
| 1145 #endif | |
| 1146 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1147 } | |
| 1148 } | |
| 1149 } | |
| 1150 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1151 { | |
| 1152 switch (ty) | |
| 1153 { | |
| 1154 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1155 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1156 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1157 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1158 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1159 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1160 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1161 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1162 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1163 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1164 fvalue = real_t::getinfinity(); | |
| 1165 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1166 fvalue = 1 / zero; | |
| 1167 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1168 fvalue = std::numeric_limits<long double>::infinity(); | |
| 1169 #else | |
| 1170 fvalue = INFINITY; | |
| 1171 #endif | |
| 1172 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1173 } | |
| 1174 } | |
| 1175 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1176 { | |
| 1177 switch (ty) | |
| 1178 { | |
| 1179 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1180 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1181 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1182 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1183 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1184 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1185 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1186 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1187 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1188 } | |
| 1189 } | |
| 1190 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1191 { | |
| 1192 switch (ty) | |
| 1193 { | |
| 1194 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1195 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1196 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1197 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1198 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1199 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1200 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1201 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1202 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1203 } | |
| 1204 } | |
| 1205 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1206 { | |
| 1207 switch (ty) | |
| 1208 { | |
| 1209 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1210 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1211 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1212 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1213 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1214 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1215 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1216 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1217 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1218 } | |
| 1219 } | |
| 1220 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1221 { | |
| 1222 switch (ty) | |
| 1223 { | |
| 1224 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1225 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1226 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1227 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1228 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1229 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1230 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1231 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1232 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1233 } | |
| 1234 } | |
| 1235 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1236 { | |
| 1237 switch (ty) | |
| 1238 { | |
| 1239 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1240 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1241 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1242 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1243 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1244 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1245 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1246 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1247 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1248 } | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 switch (ty) | |
| 1253 { | |
| 1254 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1255 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1256 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1257 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1258 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1259 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1260 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1261 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1262 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1263 } | |
| 1264 } | |
| 1265 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 switch (ty) | |
| 1268 { | |
| 1269 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1270 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1271 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1272 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1273 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1274 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1275 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1276 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1277 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1278 } | |
| 1279 } | |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 Ldefault: | |
| 1282 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 Livalue: | |
| 1285 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1286 return e; | |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 Lfvalue: | |
| 1289 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1290 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1291 else | |
| 1292 { | |
| 1293 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1296 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1297 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1298 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1299 #else | |
| 1300 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1301 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1302 #endif | |
| 1303 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1304 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1305 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1306 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1307 } | |
| 1308 return e; | |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 Lint: | |
| 1311 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1312 return e; | |
| 1313 } | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1316 { | |
| 1317 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1318 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1319 #endif | |
| 1320 Type *t; | |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1323 { | |
| 1324 switch (ty) | |
| 1325 { | |
| 1326 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1327 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1328 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1329 L1: | |
| 1330 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1331 break; | |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1334 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1335 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1336 break; | |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1339 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1340 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1341 L2: | |
| 1342 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1343 break; | |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 default: | |
| 1346 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1347 } | |
| 1348 } | |
| 1349 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1350 { Type *t2; | |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 switch (ty) | |
| 1353 { | |
| 1354 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1355 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1356 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1357 L3: | |
| 1358 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1359 e->type = t2; | |
| 1360 break; | |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1363 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1364 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1365 L4: | |
| 1366 e->type = t; | |
| 1367 break; | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1370 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1371 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1372 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1373 break; | |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 default: | |
| 1376 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1377 } | |
| 1378 } | |
| 1379 else | |
| 1380 { | |
| 1381 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1382 } | |
| 1383 return e; | |
| 1384 } | |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 1387 { integer_t value = 0; | |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1390 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1391 #endif | |
| 1392 switch (ty) | |
| 1393 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1394 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1395 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1396 |
| 159 | 1397 case Tchar: |
| 1398 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1399 break; | |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 case Twchar: | |
| 1402 case Tdchar: | |
| 1403 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1404 break; | |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1407 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1408 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1409 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1410 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1411 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1412 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1413 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1414 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1415 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1418 } | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1421 { | |
| 1422 switch (ty) | |
| 1423 { | |
| 1424 case Tchar: | |
| 1425 case Twchar: | |
| 1426 case Tdchar: | |
| 1427 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1428 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1429 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1430 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1431 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1432 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1433 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1434 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1435 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1436 return 0; // no | |
| 1437 } | |
| 1438 return 1; // yes | |
| 1439 } | |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1442 { | |
| 1443 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1444 } | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1447 { | |
| 1448 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1449 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1450 } | |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1453 { | |
| 1454 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1455 } | |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1458 { | |
| 1459 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1460 } | |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1463 { | |
| 1464 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1465 } | |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1470 } | |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1473 { | |
| 1474 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1475 } | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1478 { | |
| 1479 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1480 } | |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1483 { | |
| 1484 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1485 if (this == to) | |
| 1486 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1489 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1490 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1491 { | |
| 1492 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1493 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1494 } | |
| 1495 else | |
| 1496 { | |
| 1497 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1498 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1499 } | |
| 1500 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1501 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1504 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1505 { | |
| 1506 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1507 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1508 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 // If converting to integral | |
| 1511 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1512 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1513 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1516 */ | |
| 1517 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1518 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1521 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1522 } | |
| 1523 } | |
| 1524 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1525 { | |
| 1526 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1527 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1528 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1533 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1534 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1537 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1538 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1539 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1542 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1543 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1544 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1545 } | |
| 1546 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1550 { | |
| 1551 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1552 } | |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1557 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1558 { | |
| 1559 } | |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1562 { | |
| 1563 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1566 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1567 #endif | |
| 1568 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1569 { | |
| 1570 Expression *ec; | |
| 1571 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1572 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1573 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1574 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1575 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1576 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1577 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1578 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1579 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1580 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1581 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1582 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1583 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1584 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1585 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1586 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1587 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1588 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1589 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1590 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1591 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1592 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1593 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1594 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1595 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1596 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1597 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1598 } | |
| 1599 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1600 { | |
| 1601 Expression *ec; | |
| 1602 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1603 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1604 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1606 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1608 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1609 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1610 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1612 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1613 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1614 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1615 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1616 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1620 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1621 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1622 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1623 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1624 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1625 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1626 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1627 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1628 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1629 } | |
| 1630 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1631 { | |
| 1632 Expression *ec; | |
| 1633 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1634 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1635 int dup; | |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 assert(size); | |
| 1638 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1639 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1640 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1641 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1643 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1644 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1645 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1646 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1647 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1648 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1649 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1650 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1651 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1652 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1653 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1654 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1655 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1656 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1657 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1658 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1659 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1660 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1661 if (dup) | |
| 1662 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1664 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1665 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1666 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1667 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1668 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1669 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1670 |
| 159 | 1671 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1672 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1673 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1674 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1675 } | |
| 1676 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1677 { | |
| 1678 Expression *ec; | |
| 1679 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1680 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1681 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1682 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1683 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1684 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1685 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1686 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1687 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1688 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1689 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1690 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1691 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1692 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1693 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1694 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1695 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1696 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1697 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1698 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1699 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1700 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1701 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1702 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1703 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1704 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1705 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1706 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1707 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1708 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1709 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1710 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1711 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1712 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1713 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1714 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1715 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1716 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1717 } | |
| 1718 else | |
| 1719 { | |
| 1720 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1721 } | |
| 1722 return e; | |
| 1723 } | |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1729 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1730 { | |
| 1731 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1732 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1733 } | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1736 { | |
| 1737 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1738 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1739 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1740 return t; | |
| 1741 } | |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1744 { integer_t sz; | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 if (!dim) | |
| 1747 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1748 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1749 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1750 { | |
| 1751 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1752 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1753 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1754 } | |
| 1755 else | |
| 1756 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 n = next->size(); | |
| 1759 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1760 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1761 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1762 sz = n2; | |
| 1763 } | |
| 1764 return sz; | |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 Loverflow: | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1767 error(loc, "index %lld overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1768 return 1; |
| 1769 } | |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1772 { | |
| 1773 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1774 } | |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 /************************** | |
| 1777 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1778 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1779 */ | |
| 1780 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1781 { | |
| 1782 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1783 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1784 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1785 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 sc->pop(); | |
| 1790 } | |
| 1791 else | |
| 1792 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1793 return exp; | |
| 1794 } | |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1797 { | |
| 1798 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1799 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1800 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 sc->pop(); | |
| 1805 return exp; | |
| 1806 } | |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1809 { | |
| 1810 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1811 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1812 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1813 if (*pe) | |
| 1814 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1815 Expression *e; | |
| 1816 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1817 *pe = e; | |
| 1818 } | |
| 1819 else if (*ps) | |
| 1820 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1821 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1822 if (td) | |
| 1823 { | |
| 1824 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1825 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1826 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1829 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1830 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1835 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1836 goto Ldefault; |
| 1837 } | |
| 1838 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1839 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1840 { | |
| 1841 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1842 return; | |
| 1843 } | |
| 1844 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1845 { | |
| 1846 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1847 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1848 return; | |
| 1849 } | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1852 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1853 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1854 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1855 */ | |
| 1856 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1857 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1858 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1861 *ps = tds; | |
| 1862 } | |
| 1863 else | |
| 1864 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1865 } | |
| 1866 else | |
| 1867 { | |
| 1868 Ldefault: | |
| 1869 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1870 } | |
| 1871 } | |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1874 { | |
| 1875 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 Type *t; | |
| 1878 Expression *e; | |
| 1879 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1880 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1881 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1882 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1885 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1886 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1889 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1890 return Type::terror; |
| 1891 } | |
| 1892 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1893 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1894 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1895 return Type::terror; | |
| 1896 } | |
| 1897 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1898 return t; | |
| 1899 } | |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1902 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 if (dim) | |
| 1905 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1910 if (sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && | |
| 1911 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) | |
| 1912 { | |
| 1913 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1914 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1915 */ | |
| 1916 return this; | |
| 1917 } | |
| 1918 integer_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1919 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); | |
| 1920 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 1921 integer_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1924 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1927 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1928 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1929 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1930 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1931 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1932 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1933 { | |
| 1934 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1935 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1936 */ | |
| 1937 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1938 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1939 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1940 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1941 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1942 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1943 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1944 { | |
| 1945 Loverflow: | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1946 error(loc, "index %lld overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1947 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1948 } | |
| 1949 } | |
| 1950 } | |
| 1951 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1952 { | |
| 1953 case Ttuple: | |
| 1954 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1955 assert(dim); | |
| 1956 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1957 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1960 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1961 return Type::terror; |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1964 return arg->type; | |
| 1965 } | |
| 1966 case Tfunction: | |
| 1967 case Tnone: | |
| 1968 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1969 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1970 break; | |
| 1971 } | |
| 1972 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1973 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1974 return merge(); | |
| 1975 } | |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 1978 { | |
| 1979 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1980 if (dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1981 buf->printf("%llu", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1982 if (next) |
| 1983 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1987 { | |
| 1988 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1989 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1990 return; | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1993 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1994 } | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1997 { | |
| 1998 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1999 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2000 #endif | |
| 2001 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2002 { | |
| 2003 e = dim; | |
| 2004 } | |
| 2005 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2006 { | |
| 2007 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2008 } | |
| 2009 else | |
| 2010 { | |
| 2011 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2012 } | |
| 2013 return e; | |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2017 { | |
| 2018 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2019 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2020 } | |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2023 { | |
| 2024 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2025 } | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2028 { | |
| 2029 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2032 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2033 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2034 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2035 { | |
| 2036 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2037 } | |
| 2038 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2039 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2042 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2043 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2044 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 #if 0 | |
| 2047 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2048 { | |
| 2049 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2052 { | |
| 2053 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2054 } | |
| 2055 } | |
| 2056 #endif | |
| 2057 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2058 } | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2061 { | |
| 2062 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2063 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2064 #endif | |
| 2065 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2066 } | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2071 } | |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2075 { | |
| 2076 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2077 if (e) | |
| 2078 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2079 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2080 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 return e; | |
| 2083 } | |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2086 { | |
| 2087 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2088 } | |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2093 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2094 { | |
| 2095 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2096 } | |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2099 { | |
| 2100 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2101 if (t == next) | |
| 2102 t = this; | |
| 2103 else | |
| 2104 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2105 return t; | |
| 2106 } | |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2109 { | |
| 2110 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2111 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2112 } | |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2115 { | |
| 2116 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2117 // boundary | |
| 2118 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2119 } | |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2122 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2125 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2126 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2127 { | |
| 2128 case Tfunction: | |
| 2129 case Tnone: | |
| 2130 case Ttuple: | |
| 2131 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2132 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2133 break; | |
| 2134 } | |
| 2135 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2136 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2137 if (next != tn) | |
| 2138 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2139 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2140 return merge(); | |
| 2141 } | |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2144 { | |
| 2145 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2146 if (next) | |
| 2147 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2148 } | |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2151 { | |
| 2152 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2153 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2154 return; | |
| 2155 } | |
| 2156 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2157 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2158 } | |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2161 { | |
| 2162 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2163 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2164 #endif | |
| 2165 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2166 { | |
| 2167 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2168 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2173 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2174 return e; | |
| 2175 } | |
| 2176 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2177 { | |
| 2178 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2179 return e; | |
| 2180 } | |
| 2181 else | |
| 2182 { | |
| 2183 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2184 } | |
| 2185 return e; | |
| 2186 } | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2189 { | |
| 2190 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2191 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2192 } | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2195 { | |
| 2196 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2199 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2200 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2201 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2202 { | |
| 2203 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2204 } | |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2207 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2210 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2211 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2212 } | |
| 2213 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2214 } | |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2217 { | |
| 2218 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2219 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2220 #endif | |
| 2221 Expression *e; | |
| 2222 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2223 e->type = this; | |
| 2224 return e; | |
| 2225 } | |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2228 { | |
| 2229 return 1; | |
| 2230 } | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2233 { | |
| 2234 return TRUE; | |
| 2235 } | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2238 { | |
| 2239 return TRUE; | |
| 2240 } | |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2245 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 this->index = index; | |
| 2248 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2249 } | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2252 { | |
| 2253 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2254 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2255 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2256 t = this; | |
| 2257 else | |
| 2258 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2259 return t; | |
| 2260 } | |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2263 { | |
| 2264 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2265 } | |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2269 { | |
| 2270 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2273 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2274 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2275 { | |
| 2276 Expression *e; | |
| 2277 Type *t; | |
| 2278 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2281 if (e) | |
| 2282 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2283 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2284 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2287 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2288 } | |
| 2289 else if (t) | |
| 2290 index = t; | |
| 2291 else | |
| 2292 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2293 } | |
| 2294 else | |
| 2295 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2298 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2299 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2300 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2301 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2302 { | |
| 2303 #if 0 | |
| 2304 case Tint8: | |
| 2305 case Tuns8: | |
| 2306 case Tint16: | |
| 2307 case Tuns16: | |
| 2308 key = tint32; | |
| 2309 break; | |
| 2310 #endif | |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 case Tsarray: | |
| 2313 #if 0 | |
| 2314 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2315 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2316 #endif | |
| 2317 break; | |
| 2318 case Tbit: | |
| 2319 case Tbool: | |
| 2320 case Tfunction: | |
| 2321 case Tvoid: | |
| 2322 case Tnone: | |
| 2323 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2324 break; | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2327 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2328 { | |
| 2329 case Tfunction: | |
| 2330 case Tnone: | |
| 2331 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2332 break; | |
| 2333 } | |
| 2334 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2335 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 return merge(); | |
| 2338 } | |
| 2339 | |
| 336 | 2340 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2341 { | |
| 2342 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2345 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2346 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2347 { | |
| 2348 Expression *e; | |
| 2349 Type *t; | |
| 2350 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2351 | |
| 2352 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2353 if (e) | |
| 2354 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2355 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2358 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2359 } | |
| 2360 else if (t) | |
| 2361 index = t; | |
| 2362 else | |
| 2363 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2364 } | |
| 2365 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2366 } | |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | |
| 159 | 2369 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2370 { | |
| 2371 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2372 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2373 #endif | |
| 2374 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2375 { | |
| 2376 Expression *ec; | |
| 2377 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2378 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2379 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2380 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2381 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2382 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2383 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2384 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2385 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2386 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2387 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2388 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2389 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2390 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2391 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2392 } |
| 2393 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2394 { | |
| 2395 Expression *ec; | |
| 2396 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2397 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2400 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2401 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2402 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2403 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2404 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2405 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2406 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2407 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2408 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2409 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2410 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2411 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2412 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2413 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2414 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2415 } | |
| 2416 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2417 { | |
| 2418 Expression *ec; | |
| 2419 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2420 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2421 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2422 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2423 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2424 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2425 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2426 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2427 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2428 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2429 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2430 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2431 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2432 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2433 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2434 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2435 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2436 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2437 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2438 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2439 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2440 } | |
| 2441 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2442 { | |
| 2443 Expression *ec; | |
| 2444 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2445 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2446 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2447 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2448 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2449 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2450 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2451 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2452 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2453 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2454 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2455 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2456 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2457 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2458 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2459 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2460 e->type = this; | |
| 2461 } | |
| 2462 else | |
| 2463 { | |
| 2464 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2465 } | |
| 2466 return e; | |
| 2467 } | |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2470 { | |
| 2471 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2472 index->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2473 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2474 } | |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2477 { | |
| 2478 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2479 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2480 return; | |
| 2481 } | |
| 2482 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2483 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2484 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2485 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2486 } | |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2489 { | |
| 2490 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2491 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2492 #endif | |
| 2493 Expression *e; | |
| 2494 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2495 e->type = this; | |
| 2496 return e; | |
| 2497 } | |
| 2498 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2499 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2500 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2501 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2502 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2503 |
| 159 | 2504 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2505 { | |
| 2506 return TRUE; | |
| 2507 } | |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2510 { | |
| 2511 return TRUE; | |
| 2512 } | |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2517 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2518 { | |
| 2519 } | |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2522 { | |
| 2523 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2524 if (t == next) | |
| 2525 t = this; | |
| 2526 else | |
| 2527 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2528 return t; | |
| 2529 } | |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2532 { | |
| 2533 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2534 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2535 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2536 { | |
| 2537 case Ttuple: | |
| 2538 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2539 n = tint32; | |
| 2540 break; | |
| 2541 } | |
| 2542 if (n != next) | |
| 2543 deco = NULL; | |
| 2544 next = n; | |
| 2545 return merge(); | |
| 2546 } | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2550 { | |
| 2551 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2552 } | |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2555 { | |
| 2556 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2557 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2558 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2559 return; | |
| 2560 } | |
| 2561 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2562 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2563 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2564 } | |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2567 { | |
| 2568 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 if (this == to) | |
| 2571 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2572 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2573 { | |
| 2574 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2575 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 #if 0 | |
| 2578 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2579 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2580 #endif | |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2583 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2584 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2587 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2588 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2589 } | |
| 2590 } | |
| 2591 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2592 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2593 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2594 } | |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2597 { | |
| 2598 return TRUE; | |
| 2599 } | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2602 { | |
| 2603 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2604 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2605 #endif | |
| 2606 Expression *e; | |
| 2607 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2608 e->type = this; | |
| 2609 return e; | |
| 2610 } | |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2613 { | |
| 2614 return 1; | |
| 2615 } | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2618 { | |
| 2619 return TRUE; | |
| 2620 } | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2626 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2627 { | |
| 2628 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2629 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2630 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2631 } | |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2634 { | |
| 2635 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2636 if (t == next) | |
| 2637 t = this; | |
| 2638 else | |
| 2639 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2640 return t; | |
| 2641 } | |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2644 { | |
| 2645 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2646 } | |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2649 { | |
| 2650 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2651 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2652 return; | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2655 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2656 } | |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2659 { | |
| 2660 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2661 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2662 #endif | |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 // References just forward things along | |
| 2665 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2666 } | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2669 { | |
| 2670 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2671 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2672 #endif | |
| 2673 Expression *e; | |
| 2674 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2675 e->type = this; | |
| 2676 return e; | |
| 2677 } | |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2680 { | |
| 2681 return 1; | |
| 2682 } | |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2688 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2689 { | |
| 2690 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2691 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2692 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2693 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2694 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2695 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2696 this->retInPtr = false; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2697 this->usesThis = false; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2698 this->usesNest = false; |
|
938
a904cc9bc064
Convert struct arg to integer when passing inreg to make sure LLVM doesn't
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
930
diff
changeset
|
2699 this->structInregArg = NULL; |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2700 this->retAttrs = 0; |
|
720
e177ae483f8e
Added inreg attribute where appropriate on x86 to follow ABI docs.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
717
diff
changeset
|
2701 this->thisAttrs = 0; |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2702 this->reverseParams = false; |
|
930
7985bb036db4
Follow the D ABI and pass the last arg in a register if it is a struct that fits.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
913
diff
changeset
|
2703 this->firstRealArg = 0; |
| 159 | 2704 } |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2707 { | |
| 2708 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2709 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2710 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2711 t->retInPtr = retInPtr; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2712 t->usesThis = usesThis; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2713 t->usesNest = usesNest; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2714 t->retAttrs = retAttrs; |
|
720
e177ae483f8e
Added inreg attribute where appropriate on x86 to follow ABI docs.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
717
diff
changeset
|
2715 t->thisAttrs = thisAttrs; |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2716 t->reverseParams = reverseParams; |
|
930
7985bb036db4
Follow the D ABI and pass the last arg in a register if it is a struct that fits.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
913
diff
changeset
|
2717 t->firstRealArg = firstRealArg; |
| 159 | 2718 return t; |
| 2719 } | |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 /******************************* | |
| 2722 * Returns: | |
| 2723 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2724 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2725 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2726 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2727 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2728 */ | |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2731 { | |
| 2732 #if 0 | |
| 2733 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2734 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2735 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2736 #endif | |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2741 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2742 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2743 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 { | |
| 2746 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2747 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2750 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2753 { | |
| 2754 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2755 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2756 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2759 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2760 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2763 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2764 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2765 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2766 } | |
| 2767 } | |
| 2768 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2769 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 // The argument lists match | |
| 2772 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2773 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2774 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2775 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2778 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2781 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2782 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2783 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2786 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2787 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2788 { | |
| 2789 return 3; | |
| 2790 } | |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2793 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2794 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2795 } | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 Lcovariant: | |
| 2798 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2799 return 1; | |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 Ldistinct: | |
| 2802 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2803 return 0; | |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2806 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2807 return 2; | |
| 2808 } | |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2811 { unsigned char mc; | |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2814 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2815 if (inuse) | |
| 2816 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2817 return; | |
| 2818 } | |
| 2819 inuse++; | |
| 2820 switch (linkage) | |
| 2821 { | |
| 2822 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2823 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2824 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2825 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2826 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2827 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2828 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2829 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2830 |
| 159 | 2831 default: |
| 2832 assert(0); | |
| 2833 } | |
| 2834 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
| 2835 // Write argument types | |
| 2836 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters); | |
| 2837 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); | |
| 2838 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
| 2839 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2840 inuse--; | |
| 2841 } | |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2844 { | |
| 2845 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 if (inuse) | |
| 2848 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2849 return; | |
| 2850 } | |
| 2851 inuse++; | |
| 2852 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2853 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2854 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2855 { | |
| 2856 switch (linkage) | |
| 2857 { | |
| 2858 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2859 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2860 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2861 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2862 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2863 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2864 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2865 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2866 |
| 159 | 2867 default: |
| 2868 assert(0); | |
| 2869 } | |
| 2870 } | |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2873 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2874 if (ident) | |
| 2875 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2876 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2877 } | |
| 2878 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2879 inuse--; | |
| 2880 } | |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2883 { | |
| 2884 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 if (inuse) | |
| 2887 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2888 return; | |
| 2889 } | |
| 2890 inuse++; | |
| 2891 if (next) | |
| 2892 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2893 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2894 { | |
| 2895 switch (linkage) | |
| 2896 { | |
| 2897 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2898 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2899 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2900 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2901 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2902 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2903 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2904 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2905 |
| 159 | 2906 default: |
| 2907 assert(0); | |
| 2908 } | |
| 2909 } | |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2912 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2913 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2914 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2915 inuse--; | |
| 2916 } | |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2919 { | |
| 2920 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2921 { | |
| 2922 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2923 return this; | |
| 2924 } | |
| 2925 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2928 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2929 if (parameters) | |
| 2930 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2931 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2932 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2933 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2934 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2935 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2936 } | |
| 2937 } | |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2940 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2941 { | |
| 2942 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2943 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2944 } | |
| 2945 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2946 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2947 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2948 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2951 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2952 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2953 } | |
| 2954 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2955 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2956 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2957 } | |
| 2958 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2959 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2962 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2965 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2966 Type *t; | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2969 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2970 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2971 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2972 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2973 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2974 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2975 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2976 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2977 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2978 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2979 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2980 |
| 159 | 2981 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2984 { | |
| 2985 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2986 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2987 } | |
| 2988 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2989 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2992 { | |
| 2993 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2994 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2995 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2996 } | |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2999 * change. | |
| 3000 */ | |
| 3001 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 3002 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 3003 i--; | |
| 3004 } | |
| 3005 } | |
| 3006 } | |
| 3007 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 3010 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 3011 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 3012 return terror; | |
| 3013 } | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 3016 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 3017 | |
| 3018 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 3019 * can be different | |
| 3020 * even though the types match | |
| 3021 */ | |
| 3022 return tf; | |
| 3023 } | |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 /******************************** | |
| 3026 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3027 * Determine match level. | |
| 3028 * Returns: | |
| 3029 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3030 */ | |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3035 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3038 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3039 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3040 ; | |
| 3041 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3042 { | |
| 3043 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3044 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3045 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3046 } | |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3049 { int m; | |
| 3050 Expression *arg; | |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3055 assert(p); | |
| 3056 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3057 { | |
| 3058 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3059 continue; | |
| 3060 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3061 goto L1; | |
| 3062 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3063 } | |
| 3064 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3065 assert(arg); | |
| 3066 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3067 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3068 else | |
| 3069 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3070 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3071 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3072 { | |
| 3073 L1: | |
| 3074 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3075 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3076 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 3077 integer_t sz; | |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3080 { | |
| 3081 case Tsarray: | |
| 3082 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3083 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3084 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3085 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3086 case Tarray: | |
| 3087 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3088 { | |
| 3089 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3090 assert(arg); | |
| 3091 #if 1 | |
| 3092 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3093 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3094 */ | |
| 3095 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3096 if (tret) | |
| 3097 { | |
| 3098 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3099 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3100 } | |
| 3101 else | |
| 3102 { | |
| 3103 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3104 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3105 { | |
| 3106 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3107 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3108 } | |
| 3109 } | |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 else | |
| 3112 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3113 #else | |
| 3114 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3115 #endif | |
| 3116 if (m == 0) | |
| 3117 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3118 if (m < match) | |
| 3119 match = m; | |
| 3120 } | |
| 3121 goto Ldone; | |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 case Tclass: | |
| 3124 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3125 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3126 goto Ldone; | |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 default: | |
| 3129 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3130 } | |
| 3131 } | |
| 3132 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3133 } | |
| 3134 if (m < match) | |
| 3135 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3136 } | |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 Ldone: | |
| 3139 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3140 return match; | |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 Nomatch: | |
| 3143 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3144 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3145 } | |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 if (parameters) | |
| 3150 { | |
| 3151 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3152 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3153 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3154 if (t) | |
| 3155 return t; | |
| 3156 } | |
| 3157 } | |
| 3158 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3159 } | |
| 3160 | |
| 3161 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3164 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3165 { | |
| 3166 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3167 } | |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3170 { | |
| 3171 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3172 if (t == next) | |
| 3173 t = this; | |
| 3174 else | |
| 3175 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3176 return t; | |
| 3177 } | |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3180 { | |
| 3181 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3182 { | |
| 3183 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3184 return this; | |
| 3185 } | |
| 3186 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3187 return merge(); | |
| 3188 } | |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3191 { | |
| 3192 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3193 } | |
| 3194 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3195 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3196 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3197 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3198 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3199 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3200 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3201 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3202 |
| 159 | 3203 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3204 { | |
| 3205 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3206 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3207 return; | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3212 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3213 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3214 } | |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3217 { | |
| 3218 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3219 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3220 #endif | |
| 3221 Expression *e; | |
| 3222 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3223 e->type = this; | |
| 3224 return e; | |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3228 { | |
| 3229 return 1; | |
| 3230 } | |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3233 { | |
| 3234 return TRUE; | |
| 3235 } | |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3238 { | |
| 3239 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3240 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3241 #endif | |
| 3242 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3243 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3244 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3245 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3246 return e; | |
| 3247 } | |
| 3248 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3249 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3250 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3251 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3252 return e; |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 else | |
| 3255 { | |
| 3256 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3257 } | |
| 3258 return e; | |
| 3259 } | |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3262 { | |
| 3263 return TRUE; | |
| 3264 } | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3271 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3272 { | |
| 3273 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3274 } | |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3277 { | |
| 3278 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3279 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3280 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3281 { | |
| 3282 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3283 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3284 { | |
| 3285 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3288 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3289 } | |
| 3290 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3291 } | |
| 3292 } | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3296 { | |
| 3297 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3298 } | |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3301 { | |
| 3302 int i; | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3305 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3310 { | |
| 3311 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3312 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3313 } | |
| 3314 else | |
| 3315 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3316 } | |
| 3317 } | |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3320 { | |
| 3321 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3322 return 1; | |
| 3323 } | |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 /************************************* | |
| 3326 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3327 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3328 * Output: | |
| 3329 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3330 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3331 */ | |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3334 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3335 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3336 { | |
| 3337 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3338 int i; | |
| 3339 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3340 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3341 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3342 Type *t; | |
| 3343 Expression *e; | |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 #if 0 | |
| 3346 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3347 if (scopesym) | |
| 3348 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3349 #endif | |
| 3350 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3351 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3352 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3353 if (s) | |
| 3354 { | |
| 3355 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3356 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3357 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3358 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3359 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3360 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3361 | |
| 3362 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3363 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3364 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3365 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3366 if (!sm) | |
| 3367 { | |
| 3368 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3369 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3370 { | |
| 3371 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3372 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 else | |
| 3375 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3376 t = e->type; | |
| 3377 if (!t) | |
| 3378 goto Lerror; | |
| 3379 goto L3; | |
| 3380 } | |
| 3381 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3382 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3383 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3384 if (t) | |
| 3385 { | |
| 3386 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3387 if (sm) | |
| 3388 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3389 if (sm) | |
| 3390 goto L2; | |
| 3391 } | |
| 3392 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3393 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3394 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3395 i++; | |
| 3396 L3: | |
| 3397 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3398 { | |
| 3399 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3400 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3401 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3402 } | |
| 3403 *pe = e; | |
| 3404 } | |
| 3405 else | |
| 3406 Lerror: | |
| 3407 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3408 return; | |
| 3409 } | |
| 3410 L2: | |
| 3411 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3412 } | |
| 3413 | |
| 3414 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3415 if (v) | |
| 3416 { | |
| 3417 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3418 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3421 assert(ei); | |
| 3422 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3423 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3424 } | |
| 3425 else | |
| 3426 { | |
| 3427 #if 0 | |
| 3428 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3429 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3430 { | |
| 3431 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3432 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3433 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3434 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3435 } | |
| 3436 else | |
| 3437 #endif | |
| 3438 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3439 } | |
| 3440 return; | |
| 3441 } | |
| 3442 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3443 if (em) | |
| 3444 { | |
| 3445 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3446 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3447 return; | |
| 3448 } | |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 L1: | |
| 3451 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3452 if (!t) | |
| 3453 { | |
| 3454 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3455 Import *si; | |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3458 if (si) | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3461 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3462 goto L1; | |
| 3463 s = si; | |
| 3464 } | |
| 3465 *ps = s; | |
| 3466 return; | |
| 3467 } | |
| 3468 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3469 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3470 return; | |
| 3471 } | |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 if (t != this) | |
| 3474 { | |
| 3475 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3476 { | |
| 3477 Scope *scx; | |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3480 { | |
| 3481 if (!scx) | |
| 3482 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3483 return; | |
| 3484 } | |
| 3485 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3486 break; | |
| 3487 } | |
| 3488 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3489 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3490 } | |
| 3491 } | |
| 3492 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3493 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3494 else |
| 3495 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3496 } | |
| 3497 if (!s) | |
| 3498 { | |
| 3499 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3500 } | |
| 3501 } | |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3506 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3507 { | |
| 3508 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3509 } | |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3513 { | |
| 3514 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3517 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3518 return t; | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3522 { unsigned len; | |
| 3523 char *name; | |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3526 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3527 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3528 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3529 } | |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3532 { | |
| 3533 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3534 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3535 return; | |
| 3536 } | |
| 3537 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3538 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3539 } | |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 /************************************* | |
| 3542 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3543 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3544 * Output: | |
| 3545 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3546 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3547 */ | |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3550 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3551 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3554 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3555 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3556 } | |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 /***************************************** | |
| 3559 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3560 * return that symbol. | |
| 3561 */ | |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3564 { | |
| 3565 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3566 if (!sc) | |
| 3567 return NULL; | |
| 3568 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3569 | |
| 3570 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3571 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3572 if (s) | |
| 3573 { | |
| 3574 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3575 { | |
| 3576 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3577 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3578 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3579 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3580 break; | |
| 3581 } | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 } | |
| 3584 return s; | |
| 3585 } | |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3588 { | |
| 3589 Type *t; | |
| 3590 Expression *e; | |
| 3591 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3594 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3595 if (t) | |
| 3596 { | |
| 3597 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3600 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3603 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3604 } | |
| 3605 } | |
| 3606 else | |
| 3607 { | |
| 3608 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3609 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3610 printf("1: "); | |
| 3611 #endif | |
| 3612 if (s) | |
| 3613 { | |
| 3614 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3615 } | |
| 3616 else | |
| 3617 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3618 t = tvoid; | |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 //t->print(); | |
| 3621 return t; | |
| 3622 } | |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3625 { | |
| 3626 return this; | |
| 3627 } | |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3630 { | |
| 3631 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3632 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3633 { | |
| 3634 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3635 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3636 } | |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 return e; | |
| 3639 } | |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3644 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3645 { | |
| 3646 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3647 } | |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3650 { | |
| 3651 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3652 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3655 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3656 return t; | |
| 3657 } | |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3661 { | |
| 3662 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3663 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3664 return; | |
| 3665 } | |
| 3666 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3667 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3668 } | |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3671 { | |
| 3672 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3677 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3678 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 #if 0 | |
| 3681 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3682 { | |
| 3683 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3684 return; | |
| 3685 } | |
| 3686 #endif | |
| 3687 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3688 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3689 s = tempinst; | |
| 3690 if (s) | |
| 3691 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3692 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3693 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3694 } | |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3697 { | |
| 3698 Type *t; | |
| 3699 Expression *e; | |
| 3700 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3705 { | |
| 3706 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3707 global.gag++; | |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 global.gag--; | |
| 3712 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3713 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3714 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3715 return this; | |
| 3716 } | |
| 3717 } | |
| 3718 else | |
| 3719 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 if (!t) | |
| 3722 { | |
| 3723 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3724 printf("2: "); | |
| 3725 #endif | |
| 3726 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3727 t = tvoid; | |
| 3728 } | |
| 3729 return t; | |
| 3730 } | |
| 3731 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3732 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3733 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3734 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3735 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3736 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3737 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3738 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3739 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3740 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3741 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3742 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3743 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3744 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3745 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3746 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3747 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3748 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3749 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3750 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3751 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3752 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3753 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3754 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3755 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3756 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3757 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3758 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3759 |
| 159 | 3760 |
| 3761 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3764 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3765 { | |
| 3766 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3767 } | |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3770 { | |
| 3771 TypeTypeof *t; | |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3774 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3775 return t; | |
| 3776 } | |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3779 { | |
| 3780 Type *t; | |
| 3781 | |
| 336 | 3782 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3783 if (t == this) |
| 3784 return NULL; | |
| 3785 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3786 } | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3789 { | |
| 3790 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3791 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3792 return; | |
| 3793 } | |
| 3794 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3795 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3796 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3797 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3801 { Expression *e; | |
| 3802 Type *t; | |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 #if 0 | |
| 3809 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3810 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3811 */ | |
| 3812 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3813 { | |
| 3814 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3815 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3816 { | |
| 3817 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3818 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 if (!s) | |
| 3821 { | |
| 3822 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3823 goto Lerr; | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3826 if (cd) | |
| 3827 { | |
| 3828 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3829 { | |
| 3830 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3831 if (!cd) | |
| 3832 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3833 goto Lerr; | |
| 3834 } | |
| 3835 } | |
| 3836 t = cd->type; | |
| 3837 break; | |
| 3838 } | |
| 3839 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3840 if (sd) | |
| 3841 { | |
| 3842 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3845 goto Lerr; | |
| 3846 } | |
| 3847 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3848 break; | |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 } | |
| 3851 } | |
| 3852 else | |
| 3853 #endif | |
| 3854 { | |
| 3855 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3856 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3857 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3858 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3859 { | |
| 3860 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3861 } | |
| 159 | 3862 t = exp->type; |
| 3863 if (!t) | |
| 3864 { | |
| 3865 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3866 goto Lerr; | |
| 3867 } | |
| 3868 } | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3871 { | |
| 3872 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3873 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3874 { | |
| 3875 if (!s) | |
| 3876 break; | |
| 3877 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3878 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3879 } | |
| 3880 if (s) | |
| 3881 { | |
| 3882 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3883 if (!t) | |
| 3884 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3885 goto Lerr; | |
| 3886 } | |
| 3887 } | |
| 3888 else | |
| 3889 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3890 goto Lerr; | |
| 3891 } | |
| 3892 } | |
| 3893 return t; | |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 Lerr: | |
| 3896 return tvoid; | |
| 3897 } | |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3900 { | |
| 3901 if (exp->type) | |
| 3902 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3903 else | |
| 3904 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3905 } | |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3912 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3913 { | |
| 3914 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3915 } | |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3920 } | |
| 3921 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3922 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3923 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3924 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3925 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3926 |
| 159 | 3927 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3928 { | |
| 3929 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3930 return merge(); | |
| 3931 } | |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3934 { | |
| 3935 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3936 { | |
| 3937 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3938 return 4; | |
| 3939 } | |
| 3940 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3941 } | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3944 { | |
| 3945 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3946 { | |
| 3947 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3948 printf("1: "); | |
| 3949 #endif | |
| 3950 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3951 return 4; | |
| 3952 } | |
| 3953 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3954 } | |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3957 { | |
| 3958 return sym; | |
| 3959 } | |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3962 { | |
| 3963 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3964 { | |
| 3965 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3966 printf("2: "); | |
| 3967 #endif | |
| 3968 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3969 return tint32; | |
| 3970 } | |
| 3971 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3972 } | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3975 { char *name; | |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3978 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3979 // name += 2; | |
| 3980 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3981 } | |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3984 { | |
| 3985 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3986 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3987 return; | |
| 3988 } | |
| 3989 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3990 } | |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3993 { | |
| 3994 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3995 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3996 Expression *em; | |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3999 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4000 #endif | |
| 4001 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4002 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4003 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 4004 if (!s) | |
| 4005 { | |
| 4006 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4007 } | |
| 4008 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4009 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 4010 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4011 return em; | |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 Lfwd: | |
| 4014 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4015 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4016 } | |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4019 { Expression *e; | |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4022 { | |
| 4023 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4024 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4025 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4026 } | |
| 4027 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4028 { | |
| 4029 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4030 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4031 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4032 } | |
| 4033 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4034 { | |
| 4035 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4036 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4037 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4038 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4039 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4040 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4041 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4042 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4043 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4044 } |
| 159 | 4045 else |
| 4046 { | |
| 4047 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4048 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4049 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 return e; | |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 Lfwd: | |
| 4054 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4055 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4056 } | |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4059 { | |
| 4060 return 1; | |
| 4061 } | |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4064 { | |
| 4065 return 0; | |
| 4066 } | |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4069 { | |
| 4070 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4071 } | |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4074 { | |
| 4075 return 1; | |
| 4076 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4077 } | |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4080 { MATCH m; | |
| 4081 | |
| 4082 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4083 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4084 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4085 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4086 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4087 else | |
| 4088 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4089 return m; | |
| 4090 } | |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4093 { | |
| 4094 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4095 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4096 #endif | |
| 4097 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4098 Expression *e; | |
| 4099 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4100 return e; | |
| 4101 } | |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4104 { | |
| 4105 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4106 } | |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4109 { | |
| 4110 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4111 } | |
| 4112 | |
| 4113 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4116 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4117 { | |
| 4118 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4119 } | |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4122 { | |
| 4123 return this; | |
| 4124 } | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4127 { | |
| 4128 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4129 } | |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4132 { | |
| 4133 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4134 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4135 return merge(); | |
| 4136 } | |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4139 { | |
| 4140 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4141 } | |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4144 { | |
| 4145 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4146 } | |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4149 { | |
| 4150 return sym; | |
| 4151 } | |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4154 { unsigned len; | |
| 4155 char *name; | |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4158 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4159 // name += 2; | |
| 4160 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4161 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4162 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4163 } | |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4166 { | |
| 4167 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4168 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4169 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4170 return; | |
| 4171 } | |
| 4172 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4173 } | |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4176 { | |
| 4177 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4178 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4179 #endif | |
| 4180 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4181 { | |
| 4182 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4183 } | |
| 4184 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4185 } | |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4188 { | |
| 4189 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4190 { | |
| 4191 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4192 } | |
| 4193 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4194 } | |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4199 } | |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4202 { | |
| 4203 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4204 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4205 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4206 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4207 } | |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4210 { | |
| 4211 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4212 } | |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4215 { | |
| 4216 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4217 } | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4220 { | |
| 4221 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4222 } | |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4225 { | |
| 4226 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4227 } | |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4230 { | |
| 4231 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4232 } | |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4235 { | |
| 4236 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4237 } | |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4240 { | |
| 4241 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4242 } | |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4245 { | |
| 4246 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4247 { | |
| 4248 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4249 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4250 return Type::terror; | |
| 4251 } | |
| 4252 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4253 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4254 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4255 return t; | |
| 4256 } | |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4259 { MATCH m; | |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4262 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4263 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4264 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4265 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4266 else | |
| 4267 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4268 return m; | |
| 4269 } | |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4272 { Expression *e; | |
| 4273 Type *bt; | |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4276 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4277 #endif | |
| 4278 if (sym->init) | |
| 4279 { | |
| 4280 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4281 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4282 } | |
| 4283 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4284 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4285 e->type = this; | |
| 4286 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4287 { | |
| 4288 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4289 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4290 } | |
| 4291 return e; | |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4295 { | |
| 4296 if (sym->init) | |
| 4297 { | |
| 4298 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4299 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4300 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4301 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4302 return 1; | |
| 4303 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4304 } | |
| 4305 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4308 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4309 } | |
| 4310 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4311 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4312 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4313 return result; | |
| 4314 } | |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4317 { | |
| 4318 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4319 } | |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4324 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4325 { | |
| 4326 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4330 { | |
| 4331 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4332 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4333 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4334 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4335 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4336 } | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4339 { | |
| 4340 return this; | |
| 4341 } | |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4344 { | |
| 4345 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4348 * be right. | |
| 4349 */ | |
| 4350 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 return merge(); | |
| 4353 } | |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4356 { | |
| 4357 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4358 } | |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4361 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4364 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4365 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4366 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4367 return sz; | |
| 4368 } | |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4371 { | |
| 4372 return sym; | |
| 4373 } | |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4376 { unsigned len; | |
| 4377 char *name; | |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4380 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4381 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4382 // name += 2; | |
| 4383 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4384 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4385 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4386 } | |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4389 { | |
| 4390 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4391 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4392 return; | |
| 4393 } | |
| 4394 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4395 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4396 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4397 else | |
| 4398 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4399 } | |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4402 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 Expression *b; | |
| 4405 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4406 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4407 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4408 Declaration *d; | |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4411 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4412 #endif | |
| 4413 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4414 { | |
| 4415 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4416 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4417 } | |
| 4418 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4419 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4420 */ |
| 159 | 4421 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4422 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4423 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4424 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4425 */ |
| 336 | 4426 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4427 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4428 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4429 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4430 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4431 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4432 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4433 } | |
| 4434 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4435 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4436 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4437 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4438 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4439 return e; |
| 4440 } | |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4443 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4446 { | |
| 4447 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4450 e = de->e1; | |
| 4451 goto L1; | |
| 4452 } | |
| 4453 } | |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4456 L1: | |
| 4457 if (!s) | |
| 4458 { | |
| 4459 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4460 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4461 } | |
| 336 | 4462 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4463 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4464 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4467 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4468 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 if (ei) | |
| 4471 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4472 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4473 return e; | |
| 4474 } | |
| 4475 } | |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4478 { | |
| 4479 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4480 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4481 } | |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4484 if (em) | |
| 4485 { | |
| 4486 assert(em->value); | |
| 4487 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4488 } | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4491 if (tm) | |
| 4492 { Expression *de; | |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4495 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4496 return de; | |
| 4497 } | |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4500 if (td) | |
| 4501 { | |
| 4502 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4503 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4504 return e; | |
| 4505 } | |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4508 if (ti) | |
| 4509 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4510 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4511 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4512 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4513 goto L1; | |
| 4514 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4515 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4516 return de; | |
| 4517 } | |
| 4518 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4519 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4520 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4521 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4522 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4523 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4524 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4525 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4526 |
| 159 | 4527 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4528 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4529 if (!d) | |
| 4530 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4531 #endif | |
| 4532 assert(d); | |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4535 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4538 { | |
| 4539 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4540 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4541 return e; | |
| 4542 } | |
| 4543 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4544 { | |
| 4545 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4546 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4547 return e; | |
| 4548 } | |
| 4549 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4550 } | |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4553 { | |
| 4554 // (e, d) | |
| 4555 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4558 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4559 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4560 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4561 return e; | |
| 4562 } | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 if (v) | |
| 4565 { | |
| 4566 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4567 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4570 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4571 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4572 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4573 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4574 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4575 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4576 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4577 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4578 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4579 #endif |
| 159 | 4580 } |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4583 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4584 } | |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4587 { | |
| 4588 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4589 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4590 } | |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4593 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4594 |
| 4595 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4596 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4597 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4598 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4599 assert(d); |
| 4600 d->type = this; | |
| 4601 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4602 } | |
| 4603 | |
| 4604 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4605 { | |
| 4606 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4610 { | |
| 4611 return FALSE; | |
| 4612 } | |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4615 { | |
| 4616 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4619 if (s->members) | |
| 4620 { | |
| 4621 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4622 { | |
| 4623 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4624 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4625 return TRUE; | |
| 4626 } | |
| 4627 } | |
| 4628 return FALSE; | |
| 4629 } | |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4635 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4636 { | |
| 4637 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4638 } | |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4641 { | |
| 4642 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4643 } | |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4646 { | |
| 4647 return this; | |
| 4648 } | |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4651 { | |
| 4652 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4653 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4654 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4655 return merge(); | |
| 4656 } | |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4659 { | |
| 4660 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4661 } | |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4664 { | |
| 4665 return sym; | |
| 4666 } | |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4669 { unsigned len; | |
| 4670 char *name; | |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4673 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4674 // name += 2; | |
| 4675 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4676 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4677 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4678 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4679 } | |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4682 { | |
| 4683 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4684 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4685 return; | |
| 4686 } | |
| 4687 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4688 } | |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4691 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 Expression *b; | |
| 4694 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4695 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4696 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4697 Declaration *d; | |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4700 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4701 #endif | |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4704 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4707 { | |
| 4708 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4711 e = de->e1; | |
| 4712 goto L1; | |
| 4713 } | |
| 4714 } | |
| 4715 | |
| 4716 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4717 { | |
| 4718 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4719 */ | |
| 336 | 4720 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4721 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4722 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4723 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4724 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4725 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4726 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4727 } | |
| 4728 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4729 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4730 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4731 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4732 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4733 return e; |
| 4734 } | |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4737 L1: | |
| 4738 if (!s) | |
| 4739 { | |
| 4740 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4741 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4742 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4743 { | |
| 4744 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4745 { | |
| 4746 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4747 return e; | |
| 4748 } | |
| 4749 } | |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4752 { | |
| 4753 Type *t; | |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4756 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4757 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4758 { | |
| 4759 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4760 * at compile time. | |
| 4761 */ | |
| 4762 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4763 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4764 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4765 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4766 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4767 } | |
| 4768 else | |
| 4769 { | |
| 4770 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4771 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4772 */ | |
| 4773 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 Type* ct; | |
| 4776 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4777 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4778 } | |
| 4779 else { | |
| 4780 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4781 } | |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4784 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4785 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4786 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4787 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4790 { | |
| 4791 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4792 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4793 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4794 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4795 */ | |
| 4796 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4797 } | |
| 4798 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4799 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4800 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4801 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4802 */ | |
| 4803 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4804 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4805 } | |
| 336 | 4806 } |
| 159 | 4807 |
| 4808 #else | |
| 4809 | |
| 4810 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4811 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4812 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4813 { | |
| 4814 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4815 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4816 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4817 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4818 */ | |
| 4819 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4820 } | |
| 4821 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4822 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4823 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4824 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4825 */ | |
| 4826 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4827 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4828 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4829 } | |
| 4830 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4831 } |
| 4832 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4833 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4834 |
| 4835 return e; | |
| 4836 } | |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4839 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4840 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4841 */ | |
| 4842 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4843 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4844 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4845 return e; | |
| 4846 } | |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4849 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4850 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4851 */ | |
| 4852 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4853 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4854 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4855 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4856 return e; |
| 4857 } | |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4860 { | |
| 4861 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4862 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4863 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4864 } | |
| 4865 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4866 { | |
| 4867 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4868 } | |
| 4869 else | |
| 4870 { | |
| 4871 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4872 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 } | |
| 336 | 4875 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4876 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4877 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4878 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4879 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4880 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 if (ei) | |
| 4883 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4884 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4885 return e; | |
| 4886 } | |
| 4887 } | |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4890 { | |
| 4891 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4892 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4893 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4894 } | |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4897 if (em) | |
| 4898 { | |
| 4899 assert(em->value); | |
| 4900 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4901 } | |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4904 if (tm) | |
| 4905 { Expression *de; | |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4908 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4909 return de; | |
| 4910 } | |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4913 if (td) | |
| 4914 { | |
| 4915 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4916 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4917 return e; | |
| 4918 } | |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4921 if (ti) | |
| 4922 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4923 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4924 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4925 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4926 goto L1; | |
| 4927 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4928 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4929 return de; | |
| 4930 } | |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4933 if (!d) | |
| 4934 { | |
| 4935 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4936 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4937 } | |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4940 { | |
| 4941 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4944 { | |
| 4945 if (sc->func) | |
| 4946 { | |
| 4947 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4948 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 if (thiscd) | |
| 4951 { | |
| 4952 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4955 { | |
| 4956 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4957 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4958 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4959 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4960 return e; | |
| 4961 } | |
| 4962 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4963 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4964 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4965 } | |
| 4966 } | |
| 4967 | |
| 4968 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4969 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4970 return e; | |
| 4971 } | |
| 4972 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4973 { | |
| 4974 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4975 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4976 return e; | |
| 4977 } | |
| 4978 else | |
| 4979 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4980 return ve; | |
| 4981 } | |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4984 { | |
| 4985 // (e, d) | |
| 4986 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4989 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4990 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4991 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4992 return e; | |
| 4993 } | |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4996 { | |
| 4997 // (e, d) | |
| 4998 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5001 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5002 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5003 return e; | |
| 5004 } | |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5007 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5008 } | |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5011 { | |
| 5012 return sym; | |
| 5013 } | |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 5016 { | |
| 5017 return sym->isauto; | |
| 5018 } | |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5021 { | |
| 5022 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5023 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5026 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5027 return 1; | |
| 5028 } | |
| 5029 return 0; | |
| 5030 } | |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5033 { | |
| 5034 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5035 if (this == to) | |
| 5036 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5039 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5040 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5041 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5042 } | |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5045 { | |
| 5046 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5047 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5048 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5049 } | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5052 } | |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5055 { | |
| 5056 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5057 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5058 #endif | |
| 5059 Expression *e; | |
| 5060 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5061 e->type = this; | |
| 5062 return e; | |
| 5063 } | |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5066 { | |
| 5067 return 1; | |
| 5068 } | |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5071 { | |
| 5072 return TRUE; | |
| 5073 } | |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5076 { | |
| 5077 return TRUE; | |
| 5078 } | |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5083 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5084 { | |
| 5085 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5086 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5087 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5088 if (arguments) | |
| 5089 { | |
| 5090 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5091 { | |
| 5092 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5093 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5094 } | |
| 5095 } | |
| 5096 #endif | |
| 5097 } | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 /**************** | |
| 5100 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5101 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5102 */ | |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5105 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5106 { | |
| 5107 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5108 if (exps) | |
| 5109 { | |
| 5110 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5111 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5112 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5113 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5114 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5115 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5116 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 } | |
| 5119 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5120 } | |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5123 { | |
| 5124 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5125 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5126 return t; | |
| 5127 } | |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5130 { | |
| 5131 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5132 if (!deco) | |
| 5133 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5136 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5137 */ | |
| 5138 return this; | |
| 5139 } | |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5142 { Type *t; | |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5145 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5146 if (this == t) | |
| 5147 { | |
| 5148 return 1; | |
| 5149 } | |
| 5150 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5151 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5154 { | |
| 5155 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5156 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5157 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5160 return 0; | |
| 5161 } | |
| 5162 return 1; | |
| 5163 } | |
| 5164 } | |
| 5165 return 0; | |
| 5166 } | |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5169 { | |
| 5170 if (arguments) | |
| 5171 { | |
| 5172 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5173 { | |
| 5174 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5175 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5176 if (t) | |
| 5177 return t; | |
| 5178 } | |
| 5179 } | |
| 5180 return NULL; | |
| 5181 } | |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5184 { | |
| 5185 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5186 } | |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5189 { | |
| 5190 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5191 OutBuffer buf2; | |
| 5192 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments); | |
| 5193 unsigned len = buf2.offset; | |
| 5194 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5195 } | |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5198 { Expression *e; | |
| 5199 | |
| 5200 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5201 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5202 #endif | |
| 5203 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5204 { | |
| 5205 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5206 } | |
| 5207 else | |
| 5208 { | |
| 5209 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5210 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5211 } | |
| 5212 return e; | |
| 5213 } | |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5220 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5221 { | |
| 5222 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5223 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5224 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5225 } | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5228 { | |
| 5229 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5230 return t; | |
| 5231 } | |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5234 { | |
| 5235 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5236 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5237 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5240 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5241 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5242 return Type::terror; | |
| 5243 } | |
| 5244 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5247 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5248 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5251 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5252 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
5255 { error(loc, "slice [%llu..%llu] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5256 return Type::terror; |
| 5257 } | |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5260 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5261 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5262 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5263 args->push(arg); | |
| 5264 } | |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5267 } | |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5270 { | |
| 5271 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5272 if (*pe) | |
| 5273 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5274 Expression *e; | |
| 5275 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5276 *pe = e; | |
| 5277 } | |
| 5278 else if (*ps) | |
| 5279 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5280 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5281 if (td) | |
| 5282 { | |
| 5283 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5284 */ | |
| 5285 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5286 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5287 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5290 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5291 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5294 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5295 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
5300 { error(loc, "slice [%llu..%llu] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5301 goto Ldefault; |
| 5302 } | |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5305 { | |
| 5306 *ps = td; | |
| 5307 return; | |
| 5308 } | |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5311 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5312 */ | |
| 5313 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5314 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5315 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5316 { | |
| 5317 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5318 } | |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5321 *ps = tds; | |
| 5322 } | |
| 5323 else | |
| 5324 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5325 } | |
| 5326 else | |
| 5327 { | |
| 5328 Ldefault: | |
| 5329 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5330 } | |
| 5331 } | |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5334 { | |
| 5335 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5336 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5337 return; | |
| 5338 } | |
| 5339 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5342 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5343 } | |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5348 { | |
| 5349 this->type = type; | |
| 5350 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5351 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5352 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
5353 this->llvmAttrs = 0; |
| 159 | 5354 } |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5357 { | |
| 5358 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5359 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5360 ident, | |
| 5361 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
5362 a->llvmAttrs = llvmAttrs; |
| 159 | 5363 return a; |
| 5364 } | |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5367 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 if (args) | |
| 5370 { | |
| 5371 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5372 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5373 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5374 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5377 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5378 } | |
| 5379 } | |
| 5380 return a; | |
| 5381 } | |
| 5382 | |
| 5383 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5384 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5389 if (args) | |
| 5390 { int i; | |
| 5391 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5392 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5395 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 if (i) | |
| 5398 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5399 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5400 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5401 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5402 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5403 } | |
| 5404 if (varargs) | |
| 5405 { | |
| 5406 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5407 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5408 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5409 } | |
| 5410 } | |
| 5411 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5414 } | |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5417 { | |
| 5418 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5419 if (arguments) | |
| 5420 { int i; | |
| 5421 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5424 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 if (i) | |
| 5427 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5428 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5429 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5430 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5431 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5432 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5433 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5434 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5435 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5436 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5437 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5438 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5439 { | |
| 5440 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5441 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5442 } | |
| 5443 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5444 } | |
| 5445 if (varargs) | |
| 5446 { | |
| 5447 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5448 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5449 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5450 } | |
| 5451 } | |
| 5452 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5453 } | |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5457 { | |
| 5458 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 // Write argument types | |
| 5461 if (arguments) | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5464 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5465 { | |
| 5466 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
| 5467 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5468 } | |
| 5469 } | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 /**************************************************** | |
| 5473 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5474 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5475 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5476 */ | |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5479 { | |
| 5480 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5481 { | |
| 5482 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5483 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5484 { | |
| 5485 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5486 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5487 { | |
| 5488 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5489 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5492 { | |
| 5493 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5494 } | |
| 5495 } | |
| 5496 } | |
| 5497 } | |
| 5498 return NULL; | |
| 5499 } | |
| 5500 | |
| 5501 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5502 { | |
| 5503 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5504 { case 0: | |
| 5505 case STCin: | |
| 5506 break; | |
| 5507 case STCout: | |
| 5508 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5509 break; | |
| 5510 case STCref: | |
| 5511 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5512 break; | |
| 5513 case STClazy: | |
| 5514 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5515 break; | |
| 5516 default: | |
| 5517 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5518 halt(); | |
| 5519 #endif | |
| 5520 assert(0); | |
| 5521 } | |
| 5522 type->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5523 } | |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 /*************************************** | |
| 5526 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5527 */ | |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5530 { | |
| 5531 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5532 if (args) | |
| 5533 { | |
| 5534 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5535 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5536 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5539 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5540 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5541 } | |
| 5542 else | |
| 5543 n++; | |
| 5544 } | |
| 5545 } | |
| 5546 return n; | |
| 5547 } | |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 /*************************************** | |
| 5550 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5551 * Returns: | |
| 5552 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5553 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5554 * of Arguments | |
| 5555 */ | |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5558 { | |
| 5559 if (!args) | |
| 5560 return NULL; | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5563 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5564 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5565 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5568 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5569 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5570 if (arg) | |
| 5571 return arg; | |
| 5572 } | |
| 5573 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5574 return arg; | |
| 5575 else | |
| 5576 n++; | |
| 5577 } | |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 if (pn) | |
| 5580 *pn += n; | |
| 5581 return NULL; | |
| 5582 } |